diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..faf4a23900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief CEC HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
+ * Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization function
+ * + IO operation function
+ * + Peripheral Control function
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The CEC HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+ (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
+ (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
+ (##) CEC pins configuration:
+ (+) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
+ (+) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
+ (+) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
+ (+) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
+ (@) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
+ and receive process.
+
+ (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
+ in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
+ address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
+
+ (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC
+ * @brief HAL CEC module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) ||\
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) ||\
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define CEC_CFGR_FIELDS (CEC_CFGR_SFT | CEC_CFGR_RXTOL | CEC_CFGR_BRESTP \
+ | CEC_CFGR_BREGEN | CEC_CFGR_LBPEGEN | CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT \
+ | CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN | CEC_CFGR_OAR | CEC_CFGR_LSTN)
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_CEC_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization function
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
+ (+) The following parameters need to be configured:
+ (++) SignalFreeTime
+ (++) Tolerance
+ (++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
+ (++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
+ (++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
+ (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
+ (++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)
+ (++) OwnAddress (CEC device address)
+ (++) ListenMode
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0x0;
+
+ /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+ if(hcec == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress));
+
+
+ if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
+ }
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ tmpreg = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime;
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.Tolerance;
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BRERxStop;
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen;
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen;
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen;
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption;
+ tmpreg |= (hcec->Init.OwnAddress << CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS);
+ tmpreg |= hcec->Init.ListenMode;
+
+ /* Write to CEC Control Register */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+ if(hcec == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process Unlock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC MSP Init
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_CEC_Group2 IO operation function
+ * @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### I/O operation function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
+
+ (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
+ logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
+
+ (#) There are two mode of transfer:
+ (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts.
+ These API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+ The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication
+ error is detected
+
+ (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+ (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_Receive()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
+ (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
+ (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send data in blocking mode
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
+ * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
+ * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+ * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+ * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+ * @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t temp = 0;
+ uint32_t tempisr = 0;
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+ if((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET))
+ {
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* case no data to be sent, sender is only pinging the system */
+ if (Size == 0)
+ {
+ /* Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ }
+
+ /* send header block */
+ temp = ((uint32_t)hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp;
+ /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+
+ while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)
+ {
+ hcec->TxXferCount--;
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_TXBR))
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* check whether error occured while waiting for TXBR to be set:
+ * has Tx underrun occurred ?
+ * has Tx error occurred ?
+ * has Tx Missing Acknowledge error occurred ?
+ * has Arbitration Loss error occurred ? */
+ tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+ if ((tempisr & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE|CEC_ISR_ARBLST)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+ hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
+ /* clear all error flags by default */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE|CEC_ISR_ARBLST));
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* TXBR to clear BEFORE writing TXDR register */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_TXBR);
+ if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
+ {
+ /* if last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ }
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = *pData++;
+
+ /* error check after TX byte write up */
+ tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+ if ((tempisr & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE|CEC_ISR_ARBLST)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+ hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
+ /* clear all error flags by default */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE|CEC_ISR_ARBLST));
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ } /* end while (while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)) */
+
+
+ /* if no error up to this point, check that transmission is
+ * complete, that is wait until TXEOM is reset */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcec->Instance->CR, CEC_CR_TXEOM))
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Final error check once all bytes have been transmitted */
+ tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+ if ((tempisr & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+ hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
+ /* clear all error flags by default */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE));
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive data in blocking mode. Must be invoked when RXBR has been set.
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer.
+ * @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
+ * Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known
+ * when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
+ * hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max).
+ * If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t temp;
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+ if (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ if (pData == NULL )
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+
+ /* Rx loop until CEC_ISR_RXEND is set */
+ while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND))
+ {
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ /* Wait for next byte to be received */
+ while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXBR))
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* any error so far ?
+ * has Rx Missing Acknowledge occurred ?
+ * has Rx Long Bit Period error occurred ?
+ * has Rx Short Bit Period error occurred ?
+ * has Rx Bit Rising error occurred ?
+ * has Rx Overrun error occurred ? */
+ temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
+ if ((temp & (CEC_ISR_RXACKE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_RXOVR)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+ hcec->ErrorCode = temp;
+ /* clear all error flags by default */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_ISR_RXACKE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_RXOVR));
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXBR)) */
+
+
+ /* read received data */
+ *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+ temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
+ /* end of message ? */
+ if ((temp & CEC_ISR_RXEND) != 0)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(hcec->RxXferSize));
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_RXEND);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* clear Rx-Byte Received flag */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_RXBR);
+ /* increment payload byte counter */
+ hcec->RxXferSize++;
+ } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND)) */
+
+ /* if the instructions below are executed, it means RXEND was set when RXBR was
+ * set for the first time:
+ * the code within the "while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND))"
+ * loop has not been executed and this means a single byte has been sent */
+ *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+ /* only one header is received: RxXferSize is set to 0 (no operand, no opcode) */
+ hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_RXEND);
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
+ * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
+ * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+ * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+ * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
+{
+ uint8_t temp = 0;
+ /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
+ already pending due to arbitration lost */
+ if (((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX))
+ && (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET))
+ {
+ if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+ hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* Enable the following two CEC Transmission interrupts as
+ * well as the following CEC Transmission Errors interrupts:
+ * Tx Byte Request IT
+ * End of Transmission IT
+ * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+ * Tx-Error IT
+ * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
+ * Tx arbitration lost */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TXBRIE|CEC_IER_TXENDIE|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
+ * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
+ hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
+ * Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+ if (Size == 0)
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ }
+
+ /* send header block */
+ temp = ((uint32_t)hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp;
+ /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
+ already pending due to arbitration loss */
+ else if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+ /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case
+ * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */
+ if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ }
+
+ /* if all data have been sent */
+ if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
+ {
+ /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TXBRIE|CEC_IER_TXENDIE);
+ /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_TXBR|CEC_ISR_TXEND);
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+ start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1)
+ {
+ /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ }
+ /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_TXBR);
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hcec->TxXferCount--;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer.
+ * Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known
+ * when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
+ * hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max).
+ * If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+ if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if(pData == NULL )
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+ hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
+ hcec->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ /* the IP is moving to a ready to receive state */
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX;
+
+ /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* Enable the following CEC Reception Error Interrupts:
+ * Rx overrun
+ * Rx bit rising error
+ * Rx short bit period error
+ * Rx long bit period error
+ * Rx missing acknowledge */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ /* Enable the following two CEC Reception interrupts:
+ * Rx Byte Received IT
+ * End of Reception IT */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_RXBRIE|CEC_IER_RXENDIE);
+
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
+ hcec->ErrorCode = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+ /* CEC TX missing acknowledge error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_TXACKEIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXACKE);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC transmit error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_TXERRIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXERR);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC TX underrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXUDR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_TXUDRIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXUDR);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_ARBLST) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_ARBLST);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX overrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXOVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_RXOVRIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXOVR);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX bit rising error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_BRE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_BREIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_BRE);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX short bit period error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_SBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_SBPEIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_SBPE);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX long bit period error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_LBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_LBPEIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_LBPE);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX missing acknowledge error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_RXACKEIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXACKE);
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if ((hcec->ErrorCode & CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR) != 0)
+ {
+ HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX byte received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXBR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_RXBRIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+ CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX end received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXEND) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_RXENDIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+ CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
+ }
+
+
+ /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXBR) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_TXBRIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* TXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+ CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
+ }
+
+ /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if((__HAL_CEC_GET_IT(hcec, CEC_ISR_TXEND) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IER_TXENDIE) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* TXEND IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+ CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC error callbacks
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle.
+ * Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
+ already pending due to arbitration loss */
+ if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+ /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case
+ * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */
+ if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ }
+
+ /* if all data have been sent */
+ if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
+ {
+ /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TXBRIE|CEC_IER_TXENDIE);
+ /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_TXBR|CEC_ISR_TXEND);
+
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+ start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1)
+ {
+ /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ }
+ /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_TXBR);
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hcec->TxXferCount--;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle.
+ * Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ uint32_t tempisr;
+
+ /* Three different conditions are tested to carry out the RX IT processing:
+ * - the IP is in reception stand-by (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX) and
+ * the reception of the first byte is starting
+ * - a message reception is already on-going (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ * and a new byte is being received
+ * - a transmission has just been started (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ * but has been interrupted by a new message reception or discarded due to
+ * arbitration loss: the reception of the first or higher priority message
+ * (the arbitration winner) is starting */
+ if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX)
+ || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ /* reception is starting */
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ tempisr = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
+ if ((tempisr & CEC_ISR_RXBR) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+ /* read received byte */
+ *hcec->pRxBuffPtr++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+ /* if last byte has been received */
+ if ((tempisr & CEC_ISR_RXEND) != 0)
+ {
+ /* clear IT */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_ISR_RXBR|CEC_ISR_RXEND);
+ /* RX interrupts are not disabled at this point.
+ * Indeed, to disable the IT, the IP must be disabled first
+ * which resets the TXSOM flag. In case of arbitration loss,
+ * this leads to a transmission abort.
+ * Therefore, RX interruptions disabling if so required,
+ * is done in HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback */
+
+ /* IP state is moved to READY.
+ * If the IP must remain in standby mode to listen
+ * any new message, it is up to HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
+ * to move it again to HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX */
+ hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Rx call back API */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_ISR_RXBR);
+
+ hcec->RxXferSize++;
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_CEC_Group3 Peripheral Control function
+ * @brief CEC control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
+ (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief return the CEC state
+ * @param hcec: CEC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ return hcec->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Return the CEC error code
+* @param hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CEC.
+* @retval CEC Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ return hcec->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || */
+ /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)*/
+
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8acd3b365d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of CEC HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CEC_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CEC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) ||\
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) ||\
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CEC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC Init Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t SignalFreeTime; /*!< Set SFT field, specifies the Signal Free Time.
+ It can be one of @ref CEC_Signal_Free_Time
+ and belongs to the set {0,...,7} where
+ 0x0 is the default configuration
+ else means 0.5 + (SignalFreeTime - 1) nominal data bit periods */
+
+ uint32_t Tolerance; /*!< Set RXTOL bit, specifies the tolerance accepted on the received waveforms,
+ it can be a value of @ref CEC_Tolerance : it is either CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE
+ or CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE */
+
+ uint32_t BRERxStop; /*!< Set BRESTP bit @ref CEC_BRERxStop : specifies whether or not a Bit Rising Error stops the reception.
+ CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is not stopped.
+ CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is stopped. */
+
+ uint32_t BREErrorBitGen; /*!< Set BREGEN bit @ref CEC_BREErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is generated on the
+ CEC line upon Bit Rising Error detection.
+ CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
+ CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation if BRESTP is set. */
+
+ uint32_t LBPEErrorBitGen; /*!< Set LBPEGEN bit @ref CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is generated on the
+ CEC line upon Long Bit Period Error detection.
+ CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
+ CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation. */
+
+ uint32_t BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen; /*!< Set BRDNOGEN bit @ref CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen : allows to avoid an Error-Bit generation on the CEC line
+ upon an error detected on a broadcast message.
+
+ It supersedes BREGEN and LBPEGEN bits for a broadcast message error handling. It can take two values:
+
+ 1) CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION.
+ a) BRE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line if BRESTP=CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
+ and BREGEN=CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.
+ b) LBPE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line
+ if LBPGEN=CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.
+
+ 2) CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION.
+ no error-bit generation in case neither a) nor b) are satisfied. Additionally,
+ there is no error-bit generation in case of Short Bit Period Error detection in
+ a broadcast message while LSTN bit is set. */
+
+ uint32_t SignalFreeTimeOption; /*!< Set SFTOP bit @ref CEC_SFT_Option : specifies when SFT timer starts.
+ CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM SFT: timer starts when TXSOM is set by software.
+ CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END: SFT timer starts automatically at the end of message transmission/reception. */
+
+ uint32_t OwnAddress; /*!< Set OAR field, specifies CEC device address within a 15-bit long field */
+
+ uint32_t ListenMode; /*!< Set LSTN bit @ref CEC_Listening_Mode : specifies device listening mode. It can take two values:
+
+ CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives only message addressed to its
+ own address (OAR). Messages addressed to different destination are ignored.
+ Broadcast messages are always received.
+
+ CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives messages addressed to its own
+ address (OAR) with positive acknowledge. Messages addressed to different destination
+ are received, but without interfering with the CEC bus: no acknowledge sent. */
+
+ uint8_t InitiatorAddress; /* Initiator address (source logical address, sent in each header) */
+
+}CEC_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL CEC State structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< Peripheral Reset state */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< an internal process is ongoing */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX = 0x03, /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX = 0x04, /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX = 0x05, /*!< IP ready to receive, doesn't prevent IP to transmit */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x06, /*!< Timeout state */
+ HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR = 0x07 /*!< State Error */
+}HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL Error structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE = (uint32_t) 0x0, /*!< no error */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR = CEC_ISR_RXOVR, /*!< CEC Rx-Overrun */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE = CEC_ISR_BRE, /*!< CEC Rx Bit Rising Error */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_SBPE = CEC_ISR_SBPE, /*!< CEC Rx Short Bit period Error */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_LBPE = CEC_ISR_LBPE, /*!< CEC Rx Long Bit period Error */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE = CEC_ISR_RXACKE, /*!< CEC Rx Missing Acknowledge */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST = CEC_ISR_ARBLST, /*!< CEC Arbitration Lost */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR = CEC_ISR_TXUDR, /*!< CEC Tx-Buffer Underrun */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR = CEC_ISR_TXERR, /*!< CEC Tx-Error */
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE = CEC_ISR_TXACKE /*!< CEC Tx Missing Acknowledge */
+}
+HAL_CEC_ErrorTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC handle Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ CEC_TypeDef *Instance; /* CEC registers base address */
+
+ CEC_InitTypeDef Init; /* CEC communication parameters */
+
+ uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr; /* Pointer to CEC Tx transfer Buffer */
+
+ uint16_t TxXferCount; /* CEC Tx Transfer Counter */
+
+ uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr; /* Pointer to CEC Rx transfer Buffer */
+
+ uint16_t RxXferSize; /* CEC Rx Transfer size, 0: header received only */
+
+ uint32_t ErrorCode; /* For errors handling purposes, copy of ISR register
+ in case error is reported */
+
+ HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* Locking object */
+
+ HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef State; /* CEC communication state */
+
+}CEC_HandleTypeDef;
+
+
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Signal_Free_Time Signal Free Time setting parameter
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_DEFAULT_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_0_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define CEC_1_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define CEC_2_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define CEC_3_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define CEC_4_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
+#define CEC_5_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+#define CEC_6_5_BITPERIOD_SFT ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+#define IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(SFT) ((SFT) <= CEC_CFGR_SFT)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Tolerance Receiver Tolerance
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_RXTOL)
+#define IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(RXTOL) (((RXTOL) == CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE) || \
+ ((RXTOL) == CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_BRERxStop Reception Stop on Error
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_BRESTP)
+#define IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(BRERXSTOP) (((BRERXSTOP) == CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE) || \
+ ((BRERXSTOP) == CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_BREErrorBitGen Error Bit Generation if Bit Rise Error reported
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_BREGEN)
+#define IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(ERRORBITGEN) (((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION) || \
+ ((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen Error Bit Generation if Long Bit Period Error reported
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_LBPEGEN)
+#define IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(ERRORBITGEN) (((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION) || \
+ ((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen Error Bit Generation on Broadcast message
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN)
+#define IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(ERRORBITGEN) (((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION) || \
+ ((ERRORBITGEN) == CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_SFT_Option Signal Free Time start option
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT)
+#define IS_CEC_SFTOP(SFTOP) (((SFTOP) == CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM) || \
+ ((SFTOP) == CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Listening_Mode Listening mode option
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE ((uint32_t)CEC_CFGR_LSTN)
+#define IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE) || \
+ ((MODE) == CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_ALL_ERROR all RX or TX errors flags in CEC ISR register
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR ((uint32_t)CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE|\
+ CEC_ISR_ARBLST|CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_IER_ALL_RX all RX errors interrupts enabling flag
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR ((uint32_t)CEC_IER_RXACKEIE|CEC_IER_LBPEIE|CEC_IER_SBPEIE|CEC_IER_BREIE|CEC_IER_RXOVRIE)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_IER_ALL_TX all TX errors interrupts enabling flag
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR ((uint32_t)CEC_IER_TXACKEIE|CEC_IER_TXERRIE|CEC_IER_TXUDRIE|CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_OAR_Position Device Own Address position in CEC CFGR register
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS ((uint32_t) 16)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Initiator_Position Initiator logical address position in message header
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS ((uint32_t) 4)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Reset CEC handle state
+ * @param __HANDLE__: CEC handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+
+/** @brief Checks whether or not the specified CEC interrupt flag is set.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXBR : Rx-Byte Received
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXEND : End of Reception
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXOVR : Rx Overrun
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_BRE : Rx Bit Rising Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_SBPE : Rx Short Bit Period Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_LBPE : Rx Long Bit Period Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXACKE : Rx Missing Acknowledge
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_ARBLST : Arbitration lost
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXBR : Tx-Byte Request
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXEND : End of Transmission
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXUDR : Tx-buffer Underrun
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXERR : Tx Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXACKE : Tx Missing Acknowledge
+ * @retval ITStatus
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_GET_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR & (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/** @brief Clears the interrupt or status flag when raised (write at 1)
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the interrupt/status flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXBR : Rx-Byte Received
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXEND : End of Reception
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXOVR : Rx Overrun
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_BRE : Rx Bit Rising Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_SBPE : Rx Short Bit Period Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_LBPE : Rx Long Bit Period Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_RXACKE : Rx Missing Acknowledge
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_ARBLST : Arbitration lost
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXBR : Tx-Byte Request
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXEND : End of Transmission
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXUDR : Tx-buffer Underrun
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXERR : Tx Error
+ * @arg CEC_ISR_TXACKE : Tx Missing Acknowledge
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR |= (__FLAG__))
+
+/** @brief Enables the specified CEC interrupt.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to enable.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXBRIE : Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXENDIE : End Of Reception IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXOVRIE : Rx-Overrun IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_BREIE : Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_SBPEIE : Rx Short Bit period Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_LBPEIE : Rx Long Bit period Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXACKEIE : Rx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE : Arbitration Lost IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXBRIE : Tx Byte Request IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXENDIE : End of Transmission IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXUDRIE : Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXERRIE : Tx-Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXACKEIE : Tx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->IER |= (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/** @brief Disables the specified CEC interrupt.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to disable.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXBRIE : Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXENDIE : End Of Reception IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXOVRIE : Rx-Overrun IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_BREIE : Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_SBPEIE : Rx Short Bit period Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_LBPEIE : Rx Long Bit period Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXACKEIE : Rx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE : Arbitration Lost IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXBRIE : Tx Byte Request IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXENDIE : End of Transmission IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXUDRIE : Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXERRIE : Tx-Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXACKEIE : Tx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->IER &= (~(__INTERRUPT__)))
+
+/** @brief Checks whether or not the specified CEC interrupt is enabled.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXBRIE : Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXENDIE : End Of Reception IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXOVRIE : Rx-Overrun IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_BREIE : Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_SBPEIE : Rx Short Bit period Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_LBPEIE : Rx Long Bit period Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_RXACKEIE : Rx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE : Arbitration Lost IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXBRIE : Tx Byte Request IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXENDIE : End of Transmission IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXUDRIE : Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXERRIE : Tx-Error IT Enable
+ * @arg CEC_IER_TXACKEIE : Tx Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
+ * @retval FlagStatus
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->IER & (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/** @brief Enables the CEC device
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CEC_CR_CECEN)
+
+/** @brief Disables the CEC device
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~CEC_CR_CECEN)
+
+/** @brief Set Transmission Start flag
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CEC_CR_TXSOM)
+
+/** @brief Set Transmission End flag
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval none
+ * If the CEC message consists of only one byte, TXEOM must be set before of TXSOM.
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CEC_CR_TXEOM)
+
+/** @brief Get Transmission Start flag
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval FlagStatus
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR & CEC_CR_TXSOM)
+
+/** @brief Get Transmission End flag
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval FlagStatus
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_END_FLAG(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR & CEC_CR_TXEOM)
+
+/** @brief Clear OAR register
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR(__HANDLE__) CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_OAR)
+
+/** @brief Set OAR register (without resetting previously set address in case of multi-address mode)
+ * To reset OAR, __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR() needs to be called beforehand
+ * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
+ * @param __ADDRESS__: Own Address value (CEC logical address is identified by bit position)
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_CEC_SET_OAR(__HANDLE__,__ADDRESS__) SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CFGR, (__ADDRESS__)<< CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS)
+
+/** @brief Check CEC device Own Address Register (OAR) setting.
+ * OAR address is written in a 15-bit field within CEC_CFGR register.
+ * @param __ADDRESS__: CEC own address.
+ * @retval Test result (TRUE or FALSE).
+ */
+#define IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) ((__ADDRESS__) <= 0x07FFF)
+
+/** @brief Check CEC initiator or destination logical address setting.
+ * Initiator and destination addresses are coded over 4 bits.
+ * @param __ADDRESS__: CEC initiator or logical address.
+ * @retval Test result (TRUE or FALSE).
+ */
+#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) ((__ADDRESS__) <= 0xF)
+
+/** @brief Check CEC message size.
+ * The message size is the payload size: without counting the header,
+ * it varies from 0 byte (ping operation, one header only, no payload) to
+ * 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands following the header).
+ * @param __SIZE__: CEC message size.
+ * @retval Test result (TRUE or FALSE).
+ */
+#define IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(__SIZE__) ((__SIZE__) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+
+
+/* I/O operation functions ***************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData);
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+
+
+/* Peripheral State functions ************************************************/
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || */
+ /* defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || */
+ /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CEC_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a73b951c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief COMP HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the COMP peripheral:
+ * + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + I/O operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+================================================================================
+ ##### COMP Peripheral features #####
+================================================================================
+
+ [..]
+ The STM32F0xx device family integrates 2 analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2:
+ (#) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins
+ as shown in table1. COMP Inputs below.
+
+ (#) The COMP output is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel()
+ and can be set on GPIO pins. Refer to table 2. COMP Outputs below.
+
+ (#) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2 and TIM3)
+ Refer to table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers below.
+
+ (#) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window mode.
+
+ (#) The comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up
+ from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller):
+ (++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21
+ (++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22
+ From the corresponding IRQ handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved with the
+ macro __HAL_COMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(). Possible values are:
+ (++) COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1_EVENT
+ (++) COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2_EVENT
+
+
+[..] Table 1. COMP Inputs for the STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ | | | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+ |-----------------|----------------|---------------|
+ | | 1/4 VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | | 1/2 VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | | 3/4 VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | Inverting Input | VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | | DAC1 OUT (PA4) | OK | OK |
+ | | DAC2 OUT (PA5) | OK | OK |
+ | | IO1 | PA0 | PA2 |
+ |-----------------|----------------|-------|-------|
+ | Non Inverting | | PA1 | PA3 |
+ | Input | | | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+
+ [..] Table 2. COMP Outputs for the STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices
+ +---------------+
+ | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+ |-------|-------|
+ | PA0 | PA2 |
+ | PA6 | PA7 |
+ | PA11 | PA12 |
+ +---------------+
+
+ [..] Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers for the STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices
+ +---------------------------------+
+ | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+ |----------------|----------------|
+ | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN |
+ | | |
+ | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR |
+ | | |
+ | TIM1 IC1 | TIM1 IC1 |
+ | | |
+ | TIM2 IC4 | TIM2 IC4 |
+ | | |
+ | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR |
+ | | |
+ | TIM3 IC1 | TIM3 IC1 |
+ | | |
+ | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR |
+ +---------------------------------+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators of STM32F05x and STM32F07x devices.
+
+ To use the comparator, perform the following steps:
+
+ (#) Fill in the HAL_COMP_MspInit() to
+ (++) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to comparator register using __SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE()
+ (++) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
+ (++) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the comparator
+ output to the GPIO pin
+ (++) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and
+ selecting the desired sensitivity level using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator
+ interrupt vector using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() function.
+
+ (#) Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function:
+ (++) Select the inverting input
+ (++) Select the output polarity
+ (++) Select the output redirection
+ (++) Select the hysteresis level
+ (++) Select the power mode
+
+ (#) Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() function
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP
+ * @brief COMP HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* CSR register reset value */
+#define COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+/* CSR register Mask */
+#define COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00003FFE)
+/* CSR COMPx Shift */
+#define COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT ((uint32_t)0)
+#define COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT ((uint32_t)16)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the COMP according to the specified
+ * parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+ * @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed.
+ * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.InvertingInput));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(hcomp->Init.Output));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(hcomp->Init.OutputPol));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(hcomp->Init.Hysteresis));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(hcomp->Init.Mode));
+
+ if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLED)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+ }
+
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Init SYSCFG and the low level hardware to access comparators */
+ __SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ HAL_COMP_MspInit(hcomp);
+ }
+
+ /* Set COMP parameters */
+ /* Set COMPxINSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.InvertingInput value */
+ /* Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.Output value */
+ /* Set COMPxPOL bit according to hcomp->Init.OutputPol value */
+ /* Set COMPxHYST bits according to hcomp->Init.Hysteresis value */
+ /* Set COMPxMODE bits according to hcomp->Init.Mode value */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
+ {
+ tmpreg = hcomp->Instance->CSR;
+ tmpreg = (tmpreg & ~COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK);
+ tmpreg = tmpreg | hcomp->Init.InvertingInput | \
+ hcomp->Init.Output | \
+ hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \
+ hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \
+ hcomp->Init.Mode;
+ hcomp->Instance->CSR = tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (COMP->CSR);
+ tmpreg = (tmpreg & ~(COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK<Init.InvertingInput | \
+ hcomp->Init.Output | \
+ hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \
+ hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \
+ hcomp->Init.Mode) << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT) | \
+ hcomp->Init.WindowMode);
+ COMP->CSR = tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the COMP state*/
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the COMP peripheral
+ * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked.
+ * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ /* Set COMP_CSR register to reset value for the corresponding COMP instance */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(hcomp->Instance->CSR,
+ (COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK),
+ (COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+ (COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT),
+ (COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE));
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: SYSCFG, GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */
+ HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(hcomp);
+
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the COMP MSP.
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_COMP_MspInit could be implenetd in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes COMP MSP.
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_COMP_MspDeInit could be implenetd in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group2 I/O operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the COMP data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the comparator
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected comparator */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
+ }
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the comparator
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected comparator */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN ));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1EN << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
+ }
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts the comparator
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t extiline = 0;
+
+ status = HAL_COMP_Start(hcomp);
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Check the Exti Line output configuration */
+ extiline = __HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
+ /* Configure the rising edge */
+ if(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING)
+ {
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_ENABLE(extiline);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_DISABLE(extiline);
+ }
+ /* Configure the falling edge */
+ if(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING)
+ {
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_ENABLE(extiline);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_DISABLE(extiline);
+ }
+ /* Enable Exti interrupt mode */
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(extiline);
+ /* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(extiline);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Disable the Exti Line interrupt mode */
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(__HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ status = HAL_COMP_Stop(hcomp);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Comparator IRQ Handler
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ uint32_t extiline = __HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
+
+ /* Check COMP Exti flag */
+ if(__HAL_COMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(extiline) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_COMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(extiline);
+
+ /* COMP trigger user callback */
+ HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the COMP data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lock the selected comparator configuration.
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || (hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ /* Set lock flag */
+ hcomp->State |= COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK;
+
+ /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK ));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
+ * The output level depends on the selected polarity.
+ * If the polarity is not inverted:
+ * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * If the polarity is inverted:
+ * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW or COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH.
+ *
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ uint32_t level=0;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP1)
+ {
+ level = READ_BIT(hcomp->Instance->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT ));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ level = READ_BIT(COMP->CSR, (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT << COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ if(level != 0)
+ {
+ return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH);
+ }
+ return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Comparator callback.
+ * @param hcomp: COMP handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_COMP_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the COMP state
+ * @param hcomp : COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation */
+ if(hcomp == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ return hcomp->State;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a61e6ea3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of COMP HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_COMP_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_COMP_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief COMP Init structure definition
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+ uint32_t InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */
+
+ uint32_t Output; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Output */
+
+ uint32_t OutputPol; /*!< Selects the output polarity of the comparator.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputPolarity */
+
+ uint32_t Hysteresis; /*!< Selects the hysteresis voltage of the comparator.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Hysteresis */
+
+ uint32_t Mode; /*!< Selects the operating comsumption mode of the comparator
+ to adjust the speed/consumption.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Mode */
+
+ uint32_t WindowMode; /*!< Selects the window mode of the comparator 1 & 2.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_WindowMode */
+
+ uint32_t TriggerMode; /*!< Selects the trigger mode of the comparator (interrupt mode).
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_TriggerMode */
+
+}COMP_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL State structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< COMP not yet initialized or disabled */
+ HAL_COMP_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< COMP initialized and ready for use */
+ HAL_COMP_STATE_READY_LOCKED = 0x11, /*!< COMP initialized but the configuration is locked */
+ HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< COMP is running */
+ HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY_LOCKED = 0x12 /*!< COMP is running and the configuration is locked */
+}HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief PPP Handle Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ COMP_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
+ COMP_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< COMP required parameters */
+ HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< Locking object */
+ __IO HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef State; /*!< COMP communication state */
+
+}COMP_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_OutputPolarity
+ * @{
+ */
+#define COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted */
+#define COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED COMP_CSR_COMP1POL /*!< COMP output on GPIO is inverted */
+
+#define IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(POL) (((POL) == COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED) || \
+ ((POL) == COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Hysteresis
+ * @{
+ */
+#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No hysteresis */
+#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST_0 /*!< Hysteresis level low */
+#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST_1 /*!< Hysteresis level medium */
+#define COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST /*!< Hysteresis level high */
+
+#define IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(HYSTERESIS) (((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE) || \
+ ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW) || \
+ ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM) || \
+ ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Mode
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for
+ the power consumption values */
+#define COMP_MODE_HIGHSPEED ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< High Speed */
+#define COMP_MODE_MEDIUMSPEED COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE_0 /*!< Medium Speed */
+#define COMP_MODE_LOWPOWER COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE_1 /*!< Low power mode */
+#define COMP_MODE_ULTRALOWPOWER COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE /*!< Ultra-low power mode */
+
+#define IS_COMP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_MODE_HIGHSPEED) || \
+ ((MODE) == COMP_MODE_MEDIUMSPEED) || \
+ ((MODE) == COMP_MODE_LOWPOWER) || \
+ ((MODE) == COMP_MODE_ULTRALOWPOWER))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_2VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0 /*!< 1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_3_4VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1 /*!< 3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_VREFINT (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1|COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0) /*!< VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1 COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2 /*!< DAC_OUT1 (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1) /*!< DAC_OUT1 (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input
+ and close switch (PA0 for COMP1 only) */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC2 (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_0) /*!< DAC_OUT2 (PA5) connected to comparator inverting input */
+#define COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1 (COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL_1) /*!< IO (PA0 for COMP1 and PA2 for COMP2) connected to comparator inverting input */
+
+#define IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_4VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_2VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_3_4VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_VREFINT) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC2) || \
+ ((INPUT) == COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Output
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Output Redirection common for COMP1 and COMP2 */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output isn't connected to other peripherals */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input (BKIN) */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1IC1 COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_1 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Input Capture 1 */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1OCREFCLR (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_1|COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 OCREF Clear */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC4 COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 4 */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2OCREFCLR (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_0) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC1 (COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_2|COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL_1) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 1 */
+#define COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3OCREFCLR COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 OCREF Clear */
+
+#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_NONE) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1IC1) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1OCREFCLR) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC4) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC1) || \
+ ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3OCREFCLR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_OutputLevel
+ * @{
+ */
+/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is low when
+ the non-inverting input is at a lower voltage than the inverting input*/
+#define COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is high when
+ the non-inverting input is at a higher voltage than the inverting input */
+#define COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH COMP_CSR_COMP1OUT
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_TriggerMode
+ * @{
+ */
+#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No External Interrupt trigger detection */
+#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
+#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
+#define COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING_FALLING ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
+
+#define IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_NONE) || \
+ ((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING) || \
+ ((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING) || \
+ ((MODE) == COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING_FALLING))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_WindowMode
+ * @{
+ */
+#define COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLED ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Window mode disabled */
+#define COMP_WINDOWMODE_ENABLED COMP_CSR_WNDWEN /*!< Window mode enabled: non inverting input of comparator 2
+ is connected to the non inverting input of comparator 1 (PA1) */
+
+#define IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE(WINDOWMODE) (((WINDOWMODE) == COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLED) || \
+ ((WINDOWMODE) == COMP_WINDOWMODE_ENABLED))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * Elements values convention: XXXX0000
+ * - XXXX : Interrupt mask in the EMR/IMR/RTSR/FTSR register
+ * @{
+ */
+#define COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1_EVENT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to COMP1 */
+#define COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2_EVENT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to COMP2 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define COMP_LOCK_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define COMP_LOCK_ENABLE COMP_CSR_COMP1LOCK
+
+#define COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK ((uint32_t)0x10)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @brief Reset COMP handle state
+ * @param __HANDLE__: COMP handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be checked.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval The state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) (EXTI->PR & (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear the COMP Exti flags.
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be cleared.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (EXTI->PR |= (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the COMP Exti Line.
+ * @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be enabled.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->IMR |= (__EXTILINE__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the COMP Exti Line.
+ * @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be disabled.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->IMR &= ~(__EXTILINE__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Exti Line rising edge trigger.
+ * @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be enabled.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_ENABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->RTSR |= (__EXTILINE__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Exti Line rising edge trigger.
+ * @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be disabled.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_RISING_IT_DISABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->RTSR &= ~(__EXTILINE__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Exti Line falling edge trigger.
+ * @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be enabled.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_ENABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->FTSR |= (__EXTILINE__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Exti Line falling edge trigger.
+ * @param __EXTILINE__: specifies the COMP Exti sources to be disabled.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_EXTI_FALLING_IT_DISABLE(__EXTILINE__) (EXTI->FTSR &= ~(__EXTILINE__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the specified EXTI line for a comparator instance
+ * @param __INSTANCE__: specifies the COMP instance.
+ * @retval value of @ref COMP_ExtiLineEvent
+ */
+#define __HAL_COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(__INSTANCE__) (((__INSTANCE__) == COMP1) ? COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1_EVENT : \
+ COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2_EVENT)
+
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit (COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+
+/* Callback in Interrupt mode */
+void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_COMP_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21cbd73fd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief HAL configuration file.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */
+/**
+ * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver
+ */
+#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* ######################### Oscillator Values adaptation ################### */
+/**
+ * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application.
+ * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+ * (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
+ */
+#if !defined (HSE_VALUE)
+ #define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup
+ * Timeout value
+ */
+#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+ #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)100) /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */
+#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value.
+ * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+ * (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
+ */
+#if !defined (HSI_VALUE)
+ #define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup
+ * Timeout value
+ */
+#if !defined (HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+ #define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)5000) /*!< Time out for HSI start up */
+#endif /* HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator for ADC (HSI14) value.
+ */
+#if !defined (HSI14_VALUE)
+#define HSI14_VALUE ((uint32_t)14000000) /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator for ADC in Hz.
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+#endif /* HSI14_VALUE */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator for USB (HSI48) value.
+ */
+#if !defined (HSI48_VALUE)
+#define HSI48_VALUE ((uint32_t)48000000) /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator for USB in Hz.
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+#endif /* HSI48_VALUE */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
+ */
+#if !defined (LSI_VALUE)
+ #define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)40000)
+#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+/**
+ * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
+ */
+#if !defined (LSE_VALUE)
+ #define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
+
+
+/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE,
+ === you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */
+
+/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */
+/**
+ * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section
+ */
+#define VDD_VALUE ((uint32_t)3300) /*!< Value of VDD in mv */
+#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY ((uint32_t)(1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1) /*!< tick interrupt priority (lowest by default) */
+ /* Warning: Must be set to higher priority for HAL_Delay() */
+ /* and HAL_GetTick() usage under interrupt context */
+#define USE_RTOS 0
+#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1
+#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 0
+#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 0
+
+/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */
+/**
+ * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
+ * HAL drivers code
+ */
+/*#define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1*/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * @brief Include module's header file
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.h"
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_adc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_can.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h"
+#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h"
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.h"
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.h"
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_irda.h"
+#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.h"
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_spi.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_tim.h"
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_uart.h"
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_usart.h"
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.h"
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+/**
+ * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
+ * @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
+ * which reports the name of the source file and the source
+ * line number of the call that failed.
+ * If expr is true, it returns no value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+ void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28eb1a2e56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the CORTEX:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..]
+ *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+ ===========================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+ The Cortex-M0 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+ (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels.
+ The priority can be 0..3.
+
+ -@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
+ -@- Priority Order:
+ (#@) Lowest priority.
+ (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).
+
+ (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+
+ (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+
+
+ [..]
+ *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+ ========================================================
+ [..]
+ Setup SysTick Timer for time base
+
+ (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+ is a CMSIS function that:
+ (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+ (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).
+ (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+ (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+ (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+ (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+
+ (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+ __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+ HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+ inside the stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+ (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+ call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+ (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+ Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
+ (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+ (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX
+ * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+ Systick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn: External interrupt number .
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file)
+ * @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
+ * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
+ * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+ * @param SubPriority: The subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+ * with stm32f0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because
+ * no subpriority supported in Cortex M0 based products.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+ NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+ * function should be called before.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Enable interrupt */
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Disable interrupt */
+ NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+ /* System Reset */
+ NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+ * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+ * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+ * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
+ * - 1 Function failed.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+ return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+ (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn: External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+ return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Set interrupt pending */
+ NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
+ * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
+ * - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+ return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Clear pending interrupt */
+ NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
+ * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE(CLKSource));
+ if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SYSTICK callback.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4389f9a2da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of CORTEX HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x4)
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) || \
+ ((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported Macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
+ * @param __CLKSRC__: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(__CLKSRC__) \
+ do { \
+ if ((__CLKSRC__) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) \
+ { \
+ SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; \
+ } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *******************************/
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn,uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority);
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void);
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb);
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions *************************************************/
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource);
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void);
+void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CORTEX_H */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..670eebe2d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (+) Initialize CRC calculator
+ - specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)
+ - specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)
+ - specify input data format
+ - specify input or output data inversion mode if any
+ (+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+ input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
+ initialization value
+ (+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+ input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
+ (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC
+ * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
+ in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+ (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+ (+) Initialize the CRC MSP
+ (+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CRC according to the specified
+ * parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+ if(hcrc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+ if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+ }
+
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Extended initialization: if programmable polynomial feature is
+ applicable to device, set default or non-default generating
+ polynomial according to hcrc->Init parameters.
+ If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight
+ away reports HAL_OK. */
+ if (HAL_CRCEx_Init(hcrc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
+ * picked up by user */
+ assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
+ if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
+ }
+
+
+ /* set input data inversion mode */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
+
+ /* set output data inversion mode */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
+
+ /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
+ * is properly specified by user */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+ if(hcrc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+ /* Check the CRC peripheral state */
+ if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+
+ or
+
+ (+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ * starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+ * provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+ * @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
+ uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+ {
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+ /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+ for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+ }
+ temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+ temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+ temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return temp;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ * starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+ * provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+ * @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
+ uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
+ * written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
+ __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+ switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+ {
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+ /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
+ for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+ }
+ temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+ /* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
+ temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+ /* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
+ temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return temp;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+ * Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
+ * @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
+
+ /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
+ * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
+ * handling by the IP */
+ for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/4); i++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<24) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+1]<<16) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+2]<<8) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+3];
+ }
+ /* last bytes specific handling */
+ if ((BufferLength%4) != 0)
+ {
+ if (BufferLength%4 == 1)
+ {
+ *(uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i];
+ }
+ if (BufferLength%4 == 2)
+ {
+ *(uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i+1];
+ }
+ if (BufferLength%4 == 3)
+ {
+ *(uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[4*i+1];
+ *(uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2];
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+ * Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
+ * @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
+
+ /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
+ * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
+ * a correct type handling by the IP */
+ for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/2); i++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = (pBuffer[2*i]<<16) | pBuffer[2*i+1];
+ }
+ if ((BufferLength%2) != 0)
+ {
+ *(uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i];
+ }
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the CRC state.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3cc3f47512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of CRC HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief CRC HAL State Structure definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< CRC not yet initialized or disabled */
+ HAL_CRC_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< CRC initialized and ready for use */
+ HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< CRC internal process is ongoing */
+ HAL_CRC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03, /*!< CRC timeout state */
+ HAL_CRC_STATE_ERROR = 0x04 /*!< CRC error state */
+}HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief CRC Init Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t DefaultPolynomialUse; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRC_Default_Polynomial and indicates if default polynomial is used.
+ If set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE, resort to default
+ X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 + X^10 +X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 + X^2+ X +1.
+ In that case, there is no need to set GeneratingPolynomial field.
+ If otherwise set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE, GeneratingPolynomial and CRCLength fields must be set */
+
+ uint8_t DefaultInitValueUse; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRC_Default_InitValue_Use and indicates if default init value is used.
+ If set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE, resort to default
+ 0xFFFFFFFF value. In that case, there is no need to set InitValue field.
+ If otherwise set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE, InitValue field must be set */
+
+ uint32_t GeneratingPolynomial; /*!< Set CRC generating polynomial. 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long value for a polynomial degree
+ respectively equal to 7, 8, 16 or 32. This field is written in normal representation,
+ e.g., for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65.
+ No need to specify it if DefaultPolynomialUse is set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE */
+
+ uint32_t CRCLength; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRCEx_Polynomial_Size_Definitions and indicates CRC length.
+ Value can be either one of
+ CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B (32-bit CRC)
+ CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B (16-bit CRC)
+ CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B (8-bit CRC)
+ CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B (7-bit CRC) */
+
+ uint32_t InitValue; /*!< Init value to initiate CRC computation. No need to specify it if DefaultInitValueUse
+ is set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE */
+
+ uint32_t InputDataInversionMode; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion and specifies input data inversion mode.
+ Can be either one of the following values
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no input data inversion
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE byte-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0x58D43CB2
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD halfword-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xD458B23C
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD word-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xB23CD458 */
+
+ uint32_t OutputDataInversionMode; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion and specifies output data (i.e. CRC) inversion mode.
+ Can be either
+ CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED no CRC inversion, or
+ CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED CRC 0x11223344 is converted into 0x22CC4488 */
+}CRC_InitTypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief CRC Handle Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ CRC_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
+
+ CRC_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< CRC configuration parameters */
+
+ HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< CRC Locking object */
+
+ __IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef State; /*!< CRC communication state */
+
+ uint32_t InputDataFormat; /*!< This parameter is a value of @ref CRC_Input_Buffer_Format and specifies input data format.
+ Can be either
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES input data is a stream of bytes (8-bit data)
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS input data is a stream of half-words (16-bit data)
+ CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS input data is a stream of words (32-bits data)
+ Note that constant CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is defined but an initialization error
+ must occur if InputBufferFormat is not one of the three values listed above */
+}CRC_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Default_Polynomial_Value Default CRC generating polynomial
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY 0x04C11DB7
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Default_InitValue Default CRC computation initialization value
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Default_Polynomial Indicates whether or not default polynomial is used
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+#define IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(DEFAULT) (((DEFAULT) == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE) || \
+ ((DEFAULT) == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Default_InitValue_Use Indicates whether or not default init value is used
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+#define IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Input_Buffer_Format Input Buffer Format
+ * @{
+ */
+/* WARNING: CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is created for reference purposes but
+ * an error is triggered in HAL_CRC_Init() if InputDataFormat field is set
+ * to CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED: the format MUST be defined by the user for
+ * the CRC APIs to provide a correct result */
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_UNDEFINED ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+
+#define IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES) || \
+ ((FORMAT) == CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS) || \
+ ((FORMAT) == CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Reset CRC handle state
+ * @param __HANDLE__: CRC handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_CRC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reset CRC Data Register.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: CRC handle
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CRC_CR_RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set CRC INIT non-default value
+ * @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
+ * @param __INIT__ : 32-bit initial value
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_CRC_INITIALCRCVALUE_CONFIG(__HANDLE__, __INIT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->INIT = (__INIT__))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Include CRC HAL Extension module */
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h"
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
+void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
+void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
+/* Aliases for inter STM32 series compatibility */
+#define HAL_CRC_Input_Data_Reverse HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
+#define HAL_CRC_Output_Data_Reverse HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8eb185fa0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
+ * + Extended initialization functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+================================================================================
+ ##### #####
+================================================================================
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Extended initialization
+ (+) Set or not user-defined generating
+ polynomial other than default one
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx
+ * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization/de-initialization function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the CRC generating polynomial: if programmable polynomial
+ feature is applicable to device, set default or non-default generating
+ polynomial according to hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse parameter.
+ If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight
+ away reports HAL_OK.
+ (+) Set the generating polynomial
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Extended initialization to set generating polynomial
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
+ * picked up by user */
+ assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
+ if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */
+ if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_NOINVERSION: no change in bit order (default value)
+ * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal
+ * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal
+ * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* set input data inversion mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED: no CRC inversion (default value)
+ * @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* set output data inversion mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
+ * @param hcrc: CRC handle
+ * @param Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long)
+ * This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
+ * for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
+ * for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
+ * @param PolyLength: CRC polynomial length
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
+ * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
+ * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
+ * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
+{
+ uint32_t msb = 31; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
+
+ /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
+ * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
+ * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
+ * larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
+ * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
+ * the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
+ * X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
+ while (((Pol & (0x1 << msb)) == 0) && (msb-- > 0));
+
+ switch (PolyLength)
+ {
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
+ if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
+ if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
+ if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
+ /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* set generating polynomial */
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
+
+ /* set generating polynomial size */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* #if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e692225e23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of CRC HAL extension module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_EX_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRCEx
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion Input Data Inversion Modes
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN_0)
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN_1)
+#define CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN)
+
+#define IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE) || \
+ ((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE) || \
+ ((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD) || \
+ ((MODE) == CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion Output Data Inversion Modes
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_OUT)
+
+#define IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLED) || \
+ ((MODE) == CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLED))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Polynomial_Sizes Polynomial sizes to configure the IP
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLYSIZE_0)
+#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLYSIZE_1)
+#define CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B ((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLYSIZE)
+#define IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B) || \
+ ((LENGTH) == CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Polynomial_Size_Definitions CRC polynomial possible sizes actual definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_32B 32
+#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B 16
+#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B 8
+#define HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B 7
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set CRC output reversal
+ * @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= CRC_CR_REV_OUT)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unset CRC output reversal
+ * @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(CRC_CR_REV_OUT))
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Set CRC non-default polynomial
+ * @param __HANDLE__ : CRC handle
+ * @param __POLYNOMIAL__: 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit polynomial
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CONFIG(__HANDLE__, __POLYNOMIAL__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->POL = (__POLYNOMIAL__))
+#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode);
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength);
+#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) */
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CRC_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f7e04ca66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief DAC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ *** DAC Channels ***
+ ====================
+ [..]
+ STM32F0 devices integrates no, one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters.
+ STM32F05x devices have one converter (channel1)
+ STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices have two converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2)
+
+ When 2 converters are present (i.e. channel1 & channel2) they
+ can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
+ (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
+ (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
+
+ *** DAC Triggers ***
+ ====================
+ [..]
+ Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None
+ and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
+ [..]
+ Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
+ (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9.
+ The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
+
+ (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM3, TIM6, and TIM15
+ (DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO...)
+
+ (#) Software using DAC_Trigger_Software
+
+ *** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
+ reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
+ without having to add an external operational amplifier.
+ To enable, the output buffer use
+ sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
+ [..]
+ (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
+ impedance value with and without output buffer.
+
+ *** DAC wave generation feature ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ Both DAC channels can be used to generate
+ (#) Noise wave
+ (#) Triangle wave
+
+ *** DAC data format ***
+ =======================
+ [..]
+ The DAC data format can be:
+ (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
+ (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
+ (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
+
+ *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence ***
+ ================================================
+ [..]
+ The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
+ by the following equation:
+ DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
+ with DOR is the Data Output Register
+ VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
+ e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
+ Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
+
+ *** DMA requests ***
+ =====================
+ [..]
+ A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
+ a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
+ HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
+ [..]
+ DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
+ (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be
+ already configured
+ (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be
+ already configured
+
+ -@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
+ refer to Extension Features Driver description
+ STM32F0 devices with one channel (one converting capability) does not
+ support Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
+ registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
+ (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
+ (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
+ (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
+ (+) To read the DAC last data output value value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
+ (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
+ of data to be transfered at each end of conversion
+ (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
+ function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
+ HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
+ (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
+
+ *** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC
+ * @brief DAC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
+ (+) De-initialize the DAC.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the DAC_InitStruct.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Check DAC handle */
+ if(hdac == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+ if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to none */
+ hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Check DAC handle */
+ if(hdac == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to none */
+ hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the DAC MSP.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start conversion.
+ (+) Stop conversion.
+ (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Get result of conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+ * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+ * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA Channel */
+ /* Channel1 is used */
+ if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
+ }
+ else /* Channel2 is used for */
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure channels.
+ (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ tmp += __HAL_DHR12R1_ALIGNEMENT(Alignment);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp += __HAL_DHR12R2_ALIGNEMENT(Alignment);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return value */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Check the DAC state.
+ (+) Check the DAC Errors.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief return the DAC state
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Return DAC state */
+ return hdac->State;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the DAC error code
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval DAC Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ return hdac->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0e909917a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of DAC HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL State structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< DAC not yet initialized or disabled */
+ HAL_DAC_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< DAC initialized and ready for use */
+ HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< DAC internal processing is ongoing */
+ HAL_DAC_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03, /*!< DAC timeout state */
+ HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR = 0x04 /*!< DAC error state */
+
+}HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief DAC handle Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ DAC_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
+
+ __IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DAC communication state */
+
+ HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DAC locking object */
+
+ DMA_HandleTypeDef *DMA_Handle1; /*!< Pointer DMA handler for channel 1 */
+
+ DMA_HandleTypeDef *DMA_Handle2; /*!< Pointer DMA handler for channel 2 */
+
+ __IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DAC Error code */
+
+}DAC_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief DAC Configuration regular Channel structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */
+
+ uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */
+
+}DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Error_Code
+ * @{
+ */
+#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE 0x00 /*!< No error */
+#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1 0x01 /*!< DAC channel1 DAM underrun error */
+#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2 0x02 /*!< DAC channel2 DAM underrun error */
+#define HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA 0x04 /*!< DMA error */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_BOFF1)
+
+#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE) || \
+ ((STATE) == DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_ALIGN_12B_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_ALIGN_12B_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DAC_ALIGN_8B_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+
+#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_ALIGN_12B_R) || \
+ ((ALIGN) == DAC_ALIGN_12B_L) || \
+ ((ALIGN) == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_data
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR1)
+#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR2)
+
+#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1) || \
+ ((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_IT_definition
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR1 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR1)
+#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR2 ((uint32_t)DAC_SR_DMAUDR2)
+
+#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR1) || \
+ ((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR2))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @brief Reset DAC handle state
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DAC handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_DAC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+
+/* Enable the DAC peripheral */
+#define __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(__HANDLE__, __DAC_Channel__) \
+((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << (__DAC_Channel__)))
+
+/* Disable the DAC peripheral */
+#define __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(__HANDLE__, __DAC_Channel__) \
+((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_EN1 << (__DAC_Channel__)))
+
+/* Set DHR12R1 alignment */
+#define __HAL_DHR12R1_ALIGNEMENT(__ALIGNEMENT__) (((uint32_t)0x00000008) + (__ALIGNEMENT__))
+
+/* Set DHR12R2 alignment */
+#define __HAL_DHR12R2_ALIGNEMENT(__ALIGNEMENT__) (((uint32_t)0x00000014) + (__ALIGNEMENT__))
+
+/* Set DHR12RD alignment */
+#define __HAL_DHR12RD_ALIGNEMENT(__ALIGNEMENT__) (((uint32_t)0x00000020) + (__ALIGNEMENT__))
+
+/* Enable the DAC interrupt */
+#define __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR) |= (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/* Disable the DAC interrupt */
+#define __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR) &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/* Get the selected DAC's flag status */
+#define __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR) & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
+
+/* Clear the DAC's flag */
+#define __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR) |= (__FLAG__))
+
+/* Include DAC HAL Extension module */
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.h"
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel);
+
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac);
+
+void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac);
+void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac);
+
+#endif /* */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+
+#endif /*__STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8caf244c23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1038 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief DAC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of DAC extension peripheral:
+ * + Extended features functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
+ Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
+ HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
+ (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
+ (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx
+ * @brief DAC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Group1 Extended features functions
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start conversion.
+ (+) Stop conversion.
+ (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Get result of conversion.
+ (+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+ /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the DAC parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the DAC CR value */
+ tmpreg1 = DAC->CR;
+ /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
+ /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
+ /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+ /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
+ tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+ /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
+ /* Write to DAC CR */
+ DAC->CR = tmpreg1;
+ /* Disable wave generation */
+ DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the DAC parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the DAC CR value */
+ tmpreg1 = DAC->CR;
+ /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+ // tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
+ tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
+ /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
+ /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+ /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
+ tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+ /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
+ /* Write to DAC CR */
+ DAC->CR = tmpreg1;
+ /* Disable wave generation */
+ // DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+/* DAC 1 has 2 channels 1 & 2 */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+/* DAC 1 has 1 channels */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1;
+ tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1;
+ /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+ if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL1))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
+ hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2;
+ tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2;
+ /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+ if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
+ hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+ * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+ * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+ /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+ switch(Alignment)
+ {
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+ /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+ /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+ /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
+
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
+
+ /* Case of use of channel 2 */
+ switch(Alignment)
+ {
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+ /* Get DHR12R2 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+ /* Get DHR12L2 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+ /* Get DHR8R2 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1;
+ tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1;
+ /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+ if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL1))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
+ hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+ * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+ * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+ /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+ switch(Alignment)
+ {
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+ /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+ /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+ /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+/* DAC channel 2 is available on top of DAC channel 1 */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Check Overrun flag */
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state to error state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
+
+ /* Clear the underrun flag */
+ __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+ HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state to error state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2;
+
+ /* Clear the underrun flag */
+ __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+ HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+/* DAC channel 2 is NOT available. Only DAC channel 1 is available */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Check Overrun flag */
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state to error state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
+
+ /* Clear the underrun flag */
+ __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+ HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+ /* DAC channel 2 is present in DAC 1 */
+ tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16;
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+ * @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+ hdac->Instance->CR |= (DAC_WAVE_TRIANGLE | Amplitude) << Channel;
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+ * @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+ hdac->Instance->CR |= (DAC_WAVE_NOISE | Amplitude) << Channel;
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
+ * DAC channels at the same time.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
+{
+ uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+
+ /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+ if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
+ {
+ data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
+ }
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+ tmp += __HAL_DHR12RD_ALIGNEMENT(Alignment);
+
+ /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+ /* Conversion complete callback */
+ HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac);
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+ /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
+ * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+ /* Conversion complete callback */
+ HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37e8b7ccb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of DAC HAL Extension module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_EX_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DACEx
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL State structures definition
+ */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_wave_generation
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NOISE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_0)
+#define DAC_WAVEGENERATION_TRIANGLE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_1)
+
+#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NONE) || \
+ ((WAVE) == DAC_WAVEGENERATION_NOISE) || \
+ ((WAVE) == DAC_WAVEGENERATION_TRIANGLE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0)/*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_2 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */
+#define DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095 ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_MAMP1_3 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1_0) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */
+
+#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047) || \
+ ((VALUE) == DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_wave_generation
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_WAVE_NOISE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_0)
+#define DAC_WAVE_TRIANGLE ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_WAVE1_1)
+
+#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WAVE_NOISE) || \
+ ((WAVE) == DAC_WAVE_TRIANGLE))
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
+ has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_TEN1) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9 ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
+
+#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_NONE) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE))
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
+ has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)DAC_CR_TEN1) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_0 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9 ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1_2 | DAC_CR_TSEL1_1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
+
+#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_NONE) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9) || \
+ ((TRIGGER) == DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE))
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DAC_CHANNEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_CHANNEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+
+#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_CHANNEL_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == DAC_CHANNEL_2))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+
+#define DAC_CHANNEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_CHANNEL_1))
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Extension features functions ***********************************************/
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2);
+
+void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac);
+
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+#endif /* */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#endif /*__STM32F0xx_HAL_DAC_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_def.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_def.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8fc77984f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_def.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_def.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief This file contains HAL common defines, enumeration, macros and
+ * structures definitions.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DEF
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx.h"
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL Status structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_OK = 0x00,
+ HAL_ERROR = 0x01,
+ HAL_BUSY = 0x02,
+ HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
+} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL Lock structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00,
+ HAL_LOCKED = 0x01
+} HAL_LockTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef NULL
+ #define NULL (void *) 0
+#endif
+
+#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+#define HAL_IS_BIT_SET(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) != RESET)
+#define HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == RESET)
+
+#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
+ do{ \
+ (__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
+ (__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
+ } while(0)
+
+#if (USE_RTOS == 1)
+ #error " USE_RTOS should be 0 in the current HAL release "
+#else
+ #define __HAL_LOCK(__HANDLE__) \
+ do{ \
+ if((__HANDLE__)->Lock == HAL_LOCKED) \
+ { \
+ return HAL_BUSY; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ (__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_LOCKED; \
+ } \
+ }while (0)
+
+ #define __HAL_UNLOCK(__HANDLE__) \
+ do{ \
+ (__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; \
+ }while (0)
+#endif /* USE_RTOS */
+
+#if defined ( __GNUC__ )
+ #ifndef __weak
+ #define __weak __attribute__((weak))
+ #endif /* __weak */
+ #ifndef __packed
+ #define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
+ #endif /* __packed */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+
+/* Macro to get variable aligned on 4-bytes, for __ICCARM__ the directive "#pragma data_alignment=4" must be used instead */
+#if defined (__GNUC__) /* GNU Compiler */
+ #ifndef __ALIGN_END
+ #define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
+ #endif /* __ALIGN_END */
+ #ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
+ #define __ALIGN_BEGIN
+ #endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
+#else
+ #ifndef __ALIGN_END
+ #define __ALIGN_END
+ #endif /* __ALIGN_END */
+ #ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
+ #if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler */
+ #define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
+ #elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
+ #define __ALIGN_BEGIN
+ #elif defined (__TASKING__) /* TASKING Compiler */
+ #define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
+ #endif /* __CC_ARM */
+ #endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ___STM32F0xx_HAL_DEF */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4b50586a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief DMA HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and errors functions
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+ (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
+ necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+ and DMA requests .
+
+ (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+ Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+ Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Channel Priority level,
+ Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed),
+ Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+ address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+ case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+ (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+ Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this
+ case the DMA interrupt is configured
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+ (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+ add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
+ XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
+
+ (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
+ detection.
+
+ (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+
+ -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+
+ *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+ (+) __HAL_DMA_IT_STATUS: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA
+ * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+ and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
+ circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+ [..]
+ The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+ reference manual.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified
+ * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+ * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+ if(hdma == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the CR register value */
+ tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+ /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */
+ tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \
+ DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \
+ DMA_CCR_DIR));
+
+ /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+ tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
+ hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
+ hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+ hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+ /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
+
+ /* Initialise the error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+ if(hdma == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+ if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR = 0;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
+ hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0;
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* Initialise the error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 I/O operation functions
+ * @brief I/O operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+ (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+ Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+ (+) Abort DMA transfer
+ (+) Poll for transfer complete
+ (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+ /* Disable the peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+ DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+ /* Disable the peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+ DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+ /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
+
+ /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+
+ /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ *
+ * @note After disabling a DMA Channel, a check for wait until the DMA Channel is
+ * effectively disabled is added. If a Channel is disabled
+ * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred
+ * and the Channel will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of
+ * this single data is finished.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
+
+ /* Disable the channel */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the DMA Channel is effectively disabled */
+ while((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_EN) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Change the DMA state*/
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Polling for transfer complete.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
+ * @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t temp;
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
+
+ /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+ if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
+ {
+ /* Transfer Complete flag */
+ temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+ temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
+ }
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear the transfer error flags */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF;
+
+ if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
+ {
+ /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+ all transfers are complete) */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+ all transfers are complete) */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DMA interrupt request.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+ if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+ {
+ if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Clear the transfer error flag */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer error callback */
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+ if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+ {
+ if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+ if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+ }
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF;
+
+ if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Half transfer callback */
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+ if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+ {
+ if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
+ __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
+ }
+ /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+ __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer complete callback */
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Check the DMA state
+ (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the DMA state.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the DMA error code
+ * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval DMA Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
+ * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+ hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+
+ /* Peripheral to Memory */
+ if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+ {
+ /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+ }
+ /* Memory to Peripheral */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ecbff3475f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of DMA HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA Configuration Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t Direction; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral,
+ from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Data_transfer_direction */
+
+ uint32_t PeriphInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode */
+
+ uint32_t MemInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_incremented_mode */
+
+ uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_data_size */
+
+ uint32_t MemDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_data_size */
+
+ uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_mode
+ @note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
+ data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
+
+ uint32_t Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Priority_level */
+
+} DMA_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA Configuration enumeration values definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ DMA_MODE = 0, /*!< Control related DMA mode Parameter in DMA_InitTypeDef */
+ DMA_PRIORITY = 1, /*!< Control related priority level Parameter in DMA_InitTypeDef */
+
+} DMA_ControlTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL DMA2D State structures definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET = 0x00, /*!< DMA not yet initialized or disabled */
+ HAL_DMA_STATE_READY = 0x01, /*!< DMA process success and ready for use */
+ HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF = 0x11, /*!< DMA Half process success */
+ HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY = 0x02, /*!< DMA process is ongoing */
+ HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03, /*!< DMA timeout state */
+ HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR = 0x04, /*!< DMA error state */
+
+}HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER = 0x00, /*!< Full transfer */
+ HAL_DMA_HALF_TRANSFER = 0x01, /*!< Half Transfer */
+
+}HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA handle Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
+{
+ DMA_Channel_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
+
+ DMA_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< DMA communication parameters */
+
+ HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DMA locking object */
+
+ HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DMA transfer state */
+
+ void *Parent; /*!< Parent object state */
+
+ void (* XferCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete callback */
+
+ void (* XferHalfCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+
+ void (* XferErrorCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer error callback */
+
+ __IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DMA Error code */
+
+} DMA_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Error_Code
+ * @{
+ */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No error */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transfer error */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Timeout error */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Data_transfer_direction
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Peripheral to memory direction */
+#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_DIR) /*!< Memory to peripheral direction */
+#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)(DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM)) /*!< Memory to memory direction */
+
+#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ) || \
+ ((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
+ ((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Data_buffer_size
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_PINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PINC) /*!< Peripheral increment mode Enable */
+#define DMA_PINC_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Peripheral increment mode Disable */
+
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PINC_ENABLE) || \
+ ((STATE) == DMA_PINC_DISABLE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_incremented_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_MINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MINC) /*!< Memory increment mode Enable */
+#define DMA_MINC_DISABLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Memory increment mode Disable */
+
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MINC_ENABLE) || \
+ ((STATE) == DMA_MINC_DISABLE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_data_size
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Byte */
+#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PSIZE_0) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord */
+#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PSIZE_1) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Word */
+
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_data_size
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Memory data alignment : Byte */
+#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MSIZE_0) /*!< Memory data alignment : HalfWord */
+#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MSIZE_1) /*!< Memory data alignment : Word */
+
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
+ ((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_mode
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_NORMAL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Normal Mode */
+#define DMA_CIRCULAR ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_CIRC) /*!< Circular Mode */
+
+#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_NORMAL ) || \
+ ((MODE) == DMA_CIRCULAR))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Priority_level
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Priority level : Low */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL_0) /*!< Priority level : Medium */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL_1) /*!< Priority level : High */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL) /*!< Priority level : Very_High */
+
+#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ) || \
+ ((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+ ((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
+ ((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_TCIE)
+#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_HTIE)
+#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_TEIE)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_flag_definitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Reset DMA handle state
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN)
+
+
+/* Interrupt & Flag management */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
+ * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
+ * @retval The state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR & (__INTERRUPT__)) == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Include DMA HAL Extension module */
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h"
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout);
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4084ed243
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of DMA HAL Extension module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Interrupt & Flag management */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TC6 :\
+ DMA_FLAG_TC7)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_HT6 :\
+ DMA_FLAG_HT7)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TE6 :\
+ DMA_FLAG_TE7)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __FLAG__: Get the specified flag.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
+ * Where x can be 1_7 to select the DMA Channel flag.
+ * @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
+ * Where x can be 1_7 to select the DMA Channel flag.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->IFCR |= (__FLAG__))
+
+#else /* STM32F030x8_STM32F031x6_STM32F038xx_STM32F051x8_STM32F058xx Product devices */
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
+ DMA_FLAG_TC5)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
+ DMA_FLAG_HT5)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
+ DMA_FLAG_TE5)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __FLAG__: Get the specified flag.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
+ * Where x can be 1_5 to select the DMA Channel flag.
+ * @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
+ * @param __HANDLE__: DMA handle
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag
+ * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag
+ * Where x can be 1_5 to select the DMA Channel flag.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->IFCR |= (__FLAG__))
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3043d5c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+ * + Program operations functions
+ * + Memory Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
+ to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
+ and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+ [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+ prefetch.
+
+ [..] The FLASH main features are:
+ (+) Flash memory read operations
+ (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+ (+) Read / write protections
+ (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
+ memory of all STM32F0xx devices. These functions are split in 3 groups:
+
+ (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+ functions to erase and program the main memory:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
+ (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
+ (++) Program functions: half word and word
+
+ (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+ functions to manage the Option Bytes:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
+ (++) Erase Option Bytes
+ (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+ (++) Set the Read protection Level
+ (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+ (++) Program the data Option Bytes
+ (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
+
+ (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group
+ includes all needed functions to:
+ (++) Handle FLASH interrupts
+ (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+ (++) Get error flag status
+
+ [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+ to handle the following operations:
+
+ (+) Set the latency
+ (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+ (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+ (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH
+ * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Erase operations */
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+
+/* Program operations */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group2 I/O operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
+ program operations (write/erase).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+ *
+ * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+ * the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+ *
+ * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+ * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+ uint8_t index = 0;
+ uint8_t nbiterations = 0;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ nbiterations = 1;
+ }
+ else if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+ {
+ /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ nbiterations = 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ nbiterations = 4;
+ }
+
+ for (index = 0; index < nbiterations; index++)
+ {
+ FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16*index)));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+ }
+
+ /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+ *
+ * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+ * the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+ *
+ * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+ * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT((FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR));
+
+ pFlash.Address = Address;
+ pFlash.Data = Data;
+
+ if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
+ /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = 1;
+ }
+ else if(TypeProgram == TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
+ /*Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
+ /*Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = 4;
+ }
+
+ /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+ FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ uint32_t addresstmp;
+ /* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+ {
+ /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+ /* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+
+ /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
+ if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0)
+ {
+ /* Increment page address to next page */
+ pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+ addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+ FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*No more pages to Erase*/
+
+ /*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/
+ pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /*MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0);
+
+ /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+ /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
+ if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0)
+ {
+ /* Increment address to 16-bit */
+ pFlash.Address += 2;
+ addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+
+ /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
+ pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16);
+
+ /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+ FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+ }
+ else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/
+ pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+ {
+ /*Save the Error code*/
+ FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+
+ /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address);
+
+ /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ /* Reset address and stop the procedure ongoing*/
+ pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT((FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+ * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+ * - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+ * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased
+ * - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+ * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+ * - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+ * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
+ * - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+ memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
+ * @param None
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if((READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK)) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_FKEY1);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_FKEY2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
+ * @param None
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if((READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE)) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Launch the option byte loading.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+ /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_FLASH_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
+ * @arg FLASH_ERROR_PG: FLASH Programming error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ */
+FLASH_ErrorTypeDef HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+ return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page
+ * @param PageAddress: FLASH page to erase
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress)
+{
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ /* Proceed to erase the page */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ /* Proceed to program the new data */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+ * @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+ Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+ flag will be set */
+
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+ {
+ /*Save the error code*/
+ FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* If there is an error flag set */
+ return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+ {
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ }
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+ {
+ pFlash.ErrorCode |= FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6bf06270a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of Flash HAL module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Error source
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ FLASH_ERROR_PG = 0x01,
+ FLASH_ERROR_WRP = 0x02
+} FLASH_ErrorTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Erase structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t TypeErase; /*!< TypeErase: Mass erase or page erase.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Erase */
+
+ uint32_t PageAddress; /*!< PageAdress: Initial FLASH page address to erase when mass erase is disabled
+ This parameter must be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Address */
+
+ uint32_t NbPages; /*!< NbPages: Number of pagess to be erased.
+ This parameter must be a value between 1 and (max number of pages - value of initial page)*/
+
+} FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Options bytes program structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t OptionType; /*!< OptionType: Option byte to be configured.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_Type */
+
+ uint32_t WRPState; /*!< WRPState: Write protection activation or deactivation.
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_WRP_State */
+
+ uint32_t WRPPage; /*!< WRPSector: specifies the page(s) to be write protected
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection */
+
+ uint8_t RDPLevel; /*!< RDPLevel: Set the read protection level..
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_Read_Protection */
+
+ uint8_t USERConfig; /*!< USERConfig: Program the FLASH User Option Byte:
+ IWDG / STOP / STDBY / BOOT1 / VDDA_ANALOG / SRAM_PARITY
+ This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASH_OB_Watchdog, @ref FLASH_OB_nRST_STOP,
+ @ref FLASH_OB_nRST_STDBY, @ref FLASH_OB_BOOT1, @ref FLASH_OB_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring and
+ @ref FLASH_OB_RAM_Parity_Check_Enable */
+
+ uint32_t DATAAddress; /*!< DATAAddress: Address of the option byte DATA to be prgrammed
+ This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_OB_Data_Address */
+
+ uint8_t DATAData; /*!< DATAData: Data to be stored in the option byte DATA
+ This parameter can have any value */
+
+} FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Procedure structure definition
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ FLASH_PROC_NONE = 0,
+ FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE = 1,
+ FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE = 2,
+ FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD = 3,
+ FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD = 4,
+ FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD = 5
+} FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH handle Structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing; /* Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context */
+
+ __IO uint32_t DataRemaining; /* Internal variable to save the remaining pages to erase or half-word to program in IT context */
+
+ __IO uint32_t Address; /* Internal variable to save address selected for program or erase */
+
+ __IO uint64_t Data; /* Internal variable to save data to be programmed */
+
+ HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* FLASH locking object */
+
+ __IO FLASH_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode; /* FLASH error code */
+
+} FLASH_ProcessTypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Erase FLASH Type Erase
+ * @{
+ */
+#define TYPEERASE_PAGES ((uint32_t)0x00) /*!ACR = (FLASH->ACR&(~FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) | (__LATENCY__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt
+ * @brief macros to handle FLASH interrupts
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__ : FLASH interrupt
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
+ * @param __INTERRUPT__ : FLASH interrupt
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
+ * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the specified FLASH flag status.
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR : FLASH Programming error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH Busy flag
+ * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
+ */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((FLASH->SR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear the specified FLASH flag.
+ * @param __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
+ * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR : FLASH Programming error flag
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (FLASH->SR = (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Include FLASH HAL Extension module */
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h"
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+
+/* FLASH IRQ handler method */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Callbacks in non blocking modes */
+void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
+void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
+/* Option bytes control */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
+
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+FLASH_ErrorTypeDef HAL_FLASH_GetError(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fbfd3c5652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
+ * + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + Extended I/O operation functions
+ * + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Extended Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Flash peripheral extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
+ of all STM32F0xxx devices. It includes
+
+ (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+ (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+ (++) Get the Read protection Level
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx
+ * @brief FLASH Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Erase operations */
+extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+static void FLASH_MassErase(void);
+
+/* Option bytes control */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
+static FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx__Group2 Extended I/O operation functions
+ * @brief Extended I/O operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+ * @param[in] pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+ *
+ * @param[out] PageError: pointer to variable that
+ * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error
+ * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased)
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+ uint32_t address = 0;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /*Mass erase to be done*/
+ FLASH_MassErase();
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+ }
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
+
+ /*Initialization of PageError variable*/
+ *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+ /* Erase by page by page to be done*/
+ for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
+ address < (pEraseInit->PageAddress + (pEraseInit->NbPages)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
+ {
+ FLASH_PageErase(address);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+ }
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
+ *PageError = address;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors with interrupt enabled
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+ * @param pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+ /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT((FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR));
+
+ if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /*Mass erase to be done*/
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
+ FLASH_MassErase();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Erase by page to be done*/
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
+
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE;
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages;
+ pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
+
+ /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/
+ FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx__Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+ memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes.
+ * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP).
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+ * (system reset will occur)
+ * @param None
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void)
+{
+ uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+ FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef optionsbytes;
+
+ /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */
+ HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(&optionsbytes);
+ if(optionsbytes.RDPLevel != RESET)
+ {
+ rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
+ optionsbytes.OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_RDP;
+ optionsbytes.RDPLevel = rdptmp;
+ status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(&optionsbytes);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program option bytes
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+ * (system reset will occur)
+ *
+ * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the programming.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
+
+ /* Write protection configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
+ if (pOBInit->WRPState == WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */
+ status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */
+ status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read protection configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
+ }
+
+ /* USER configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig);
+ }
+
+ /* DATA configuration*/
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the Option byte configuration
+ * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the programming.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+ pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER;
+
+ /*Get WRP*/
+ pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
+
+ /*Get RDP Level*/
+ pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+ /*Get USER*/
+ pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Mass erase of FLASH memory
+ * @param None
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(void)
+{
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ /* Proceed to erase all sectors */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages
+ * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+ * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if CortexM4
+ * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+ *
+ * @param WriteProtectPage: specifies the page(s) to be write protected.
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF;
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF;
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
+
+ WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~WriteProtectPage);
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK);
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8);
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8);
+ WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16);
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24);
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+ if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
+ {
+ OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || STM32F071xB ||
+ STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages
+ * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+ * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if CortexM4
+ * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+ *
+ * @param WriteProtectPage: specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected.
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF;
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF;
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK);
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8);
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F038xx || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8);
+ WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16);
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24);
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+ if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
+ {
+ OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || STM32F071xB ||
+ STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
+ {
+ OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the read protection level.
+ * @param ReadProtectLevel: specifies the read protection level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+ * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+ *
+ * @note Warning: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+ WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte.
+ * @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
+ * @param UserConfig: The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), BOOT1(Bit4),
+ * VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_WDG_SW)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG((UserConfig&OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY((UserConfig&OB_RAM_PARITY_CHECK_RESET)));
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_SEL((UserConfig&OB_BOOT_SEL_SET)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT0((UserConfig&OB_BOOT0_SET)));
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx */
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
+ OB->USER = UserConfig;
+#else
+ OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88);
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx */
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+ * (system reset will occur)
+ * Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
+ * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806.
+ * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)HAL_FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+ /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
+ */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
+{
+ /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+ return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
+ * - SET, when OB_RDP_Level_1 or OB_RDP_Level_2 is set
+ * - RESET, when OB_RDP_Level_0 is set
+ */
+static FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus readstatus = RESET;
+
+ if ((uint8_t)READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1) != RESET)
+ {
+ readstatus = SET;
+ }
+
+ return readstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), BOOT1(Bit4),
+ * VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
+ */
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+ /* Return the User Option Byte */
+ return (uint8_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) >> 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e8b9d16ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 20-May-2014
+ * @brief Header file of FLASH HAL Extension module.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Types
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Address
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F038xx)
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x08007FFF))
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0800FFFF))
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0801FFFF))
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Page_Size
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0x400
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0x800
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Nb_Pages
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F038xx)
+#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1 <= 0x08007FFF)
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1 <= 0x0800FFFF)
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1 <= 0x0801FFFF)
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO3 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of page 0 to 3 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES4TO7 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of page 4 to 7 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES8TO11 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of page 8 to 11 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES12TO15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of page 12 to 15 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO19 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of page 16 to 19 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES20TO23 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of page 20 to 23 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES24TO27 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of page 24 to 27 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES28TO31 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of page 28 to 31 */
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO35 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of page 32 to 35 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES36TO39 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of page 36 to 39 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES40TO43 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of page 40 to 43 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES44TO47 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of page 44 to 47 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO51 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of page 48 to 51 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES52TO57 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of page 52 to 57 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES56TO59 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of page 56 to 59 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES60TO63 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of page 60 to 63 */
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F038xx)
+#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
+#endif /* STM32F030x8 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx */
+#endif /* STM32F030x6 || STM32F030x8 || STM32F031x6 || STM32F051x8 || STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F038xx || STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of page 0 to 1 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES2TO3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of page 2 to 3 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES4TO5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of page 4 to 5 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES6TO7 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of page 6 to 7 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES8TO9 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of page 8 to 9 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES10TO11 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of page 10 to 11 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES12TO13 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of page 12 to 13 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES14TO15 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of page 14 to 15 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO17 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of page 16 to 17 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES18TO19 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of page 18 to 19 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES20TO21 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of page 20 to 21 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES22TO23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of page 22 to 23 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES24TO25 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of page 24 to 25 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES26TO27 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of page 26 to 27 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES28TO29 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of page 28 to 29 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES30TO31 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of page 30 to 31 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO33 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of page 32 to 33 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES34TO35 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of page 34 to 35 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES36TO37 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of page 36 to 37 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES38TO39 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of page 38 to 39 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES40TO41 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of page 40 to 41 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES42TO43 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of page 42 to 43 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES44TO45 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of page 44 to 45 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES46TO47 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of page 46 to 47 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO49 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of page 48 to 49 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES50TO51 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of page 50 to 51 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES52TO53 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of page 52 to 53 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES54TO55 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of page 54 to 55 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES56TO57 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of page 56 to 57 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES58TO59 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of page 58 to 59 */
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES60TO61 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of page 60 to 61 */
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES62TO63 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of page 62 to 63 */
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)
+#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx */
+
+#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_BOOT_SEL
+ * @{
+ */
+#define OB_BOOT_SEL_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT_SEL Reset */
+#define OB_BOOT_SEL_SET ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< BOOT_SEL Set */
+#define IS_OB_BOOT_SEL(BOOT_SEL) (((BOOT_SEL) == OB_BOOT_SEL_RESET) || ((BOOT_SEL) == OB_BOOT_SEL_SET))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_BOOT0
+ * @{
+ */
+#define OB_BOOT0_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT0 Reset */
+#define OB_BOOT0_SET ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< BOOT0 Set */
+#define IS_OB_BOOT0(BOOT0) (((BOOT0) == OB_BOOT0_RESET) || ((BOOT0) == OB_BOOT0_SET))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit);
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/